1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2024 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occurs. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection, 298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326 /** 327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation 328 * 329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple 330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need 331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute. 332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link 333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to 334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions. 335 */ 336 337 /** 338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload 339 * 340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate 341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is 342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and 343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK. 344 */ 345 346 /** 347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 348 * 349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 350 * 351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 352 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 362 * compatibility only. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 368 * 369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 387 * 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key, 391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents 399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO 400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address 403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by 404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 405 * 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 423 * attributes determining channel width. 424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 427 * 428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in 437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 441 * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove 442 * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links. 443 * 444 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 445 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 446 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 447 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 448 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 452 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 453 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 454 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 455 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 456 * 457 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 458 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 459 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 460 * global regdomain will be returned. 461 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 462 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 463 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 464 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 465 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 466 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 467 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 468 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 469 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 470 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 471 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 472 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 473 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 474 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 475 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 476 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 478 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 479 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 480 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 481 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 482 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 483 * 484 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 485 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 486 * 487 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 488 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 491 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 492 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 493 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 494 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 495 * added to all specified management frames generated by 496 * kernel/firmware/driver. 497 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 498 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 499 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 500 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 501 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 502 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 503 * 504 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 505 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 506 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 507 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 508 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 509 * be used. 510 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 511 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 512 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 513 * partial scan results may be available 514 * 515 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 516 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 517 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 518 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 519 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 520 * These attributes are mutually exclusive, 521 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 522 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 523 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 524 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 525 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 526 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 527 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 528 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 529 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 530 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 531 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 532 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 533 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 534 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 535 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 536 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 537 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 538 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 539 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 540 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 541 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 542 * results available. 543 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 544 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 545 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 546 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 547 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 548 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 549 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 550 * 551 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation 552 * or noise level 553 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 554 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 555 * 556 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 557 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 558 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 559 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 561 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 562 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 563 * ESS. 564 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 565 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 566 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 567 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads 568 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID. 569 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 570 * 571 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 572 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 573 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 574 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 575 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 576 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 577 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 578 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 579 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 580 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 581 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 582 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 583 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 584 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 585 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 586 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 587 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 588 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 589 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 590 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 591 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 592 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 593 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 594 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 595 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 596 * the beacon hint was processed. 597 * 598 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 599 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 600 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 601 * authentication process. 602 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 603 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 604 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 605 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 606 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the 608 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 609 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 610 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 611 * to the frame. 612 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 613 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 614 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 615 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 616 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 617 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 618 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 619 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 620 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 621 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 622 * pending authentication timed out). 623 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 624 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 625 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 626 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 627 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 628 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 629 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 630 * included). 631 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 632 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 633 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 634 * primitives). 635 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 636 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 637 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 638 * 639 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 640 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 641 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 642 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 643 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 644 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 645 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 646 * 647 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 648 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 649 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 650 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 651 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 652 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 653 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 654 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 655 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 656 * determined by the network interface. 657 * 658 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 659 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 660 * to the driver. 661 * 662 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 663 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 664 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 665 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 666 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 667 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 668 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 669 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 670 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 671 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 672 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 673 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 674 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 675 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 676 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 677 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 678 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 679 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 680 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 681 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 682 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 684 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 685 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 686 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 687 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 688 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 689 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 690 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 691 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 692 * a different BSS is desired. 693 * Background scan period can optionally be 694 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 695 * if not specified default background scan configuration 696 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 697 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 698 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 699 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 700 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 701 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 702 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 703 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 704 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 705 * well to remain backwards compatible. 706 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 707 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 708 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 709 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 710 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 711 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 712 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 713 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 714 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 715 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 716 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 717 * 718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 719 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 720 * 721 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 722 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 723 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 724 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 725 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 726 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 727 * frequency for the operation. 728 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 729 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 730 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 731 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 732 * radio). 733 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 734 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 735 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 736 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 737 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 738 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 739 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 740 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 741 * uniquely identify the request. 742 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 743 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 744 * 745 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 746 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 747 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 748 * 749 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 750 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 751 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 752 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 753 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 754 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 755 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 756 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 757 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 758 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 759 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 760 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 761 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 762 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 763 * backward compatibility 764 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 765 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 766 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 767 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 768 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 769 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 770 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 771 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 772 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 773 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 774 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 775 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 776 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 777 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 778 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 779 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 780 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 781 * is used during CSA period. 782 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be 783 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses 784 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by 785 * lower layers. 786 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 787 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may 788 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp. 789 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 790 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 791 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 792 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 793 * wait time. 794 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 795 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 796 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 797 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 798 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 799 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the 800 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 801 * indicate the ack RX timestamp. 802 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 803 * backward compatibility. 804 * 805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 806 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 807 * 808 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 809 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 810 * levels. 811 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 812 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 813 * reached. 814 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 815 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 816 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 817 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 818 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 819 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 820 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 821 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 822 * precedence when they are used. 823 * 824 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 825 * (no longer supported). 826 * 827 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 828 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 829 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 830 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 831 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 832 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 833 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 834 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 835 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 836 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 837 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 838 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 839 * command, the feature is disabled. 840 * 841 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 842 * mesh config parameters may be given. 843 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 844 * network is determined by the network interface. 845 * 846 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 847 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 848 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 849 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 850 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 851 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 852 * 853 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 854 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 855 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 856 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 857 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 858 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 859 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 860 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 861 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 862 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 863 * depending on the authentication result. 864 * 865 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 866 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 867 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 868 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 869 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 870 * more background information, see 871 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 872 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 873 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 874 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 875 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 876 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 877 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 878 * 879 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 880 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 881 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 882 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 883 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 884 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 885 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 886 * 887 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 888 * of PMKSA caching candidates. 889 * 890 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 891 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 892 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 893 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 894 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 895 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 896 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 897 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 898 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 899 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 900 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 901 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 902 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 903 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 904 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 907 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 908 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 909 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 910 * is received. 911 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 912 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 913 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 914 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 915 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 916 * 917 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 918 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 919 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 920 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 921 * 922 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 923 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 924 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 925 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 926 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 927 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 928 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 929 * 930 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 931 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 932 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 933 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 934 * 935 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 936 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 937 * 938 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 939 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 940 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 941 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 942 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 943 * from the remote AP) is completed; 944 * 945 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 946 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 947 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 948 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 949 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 950 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 951 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 952 * interfaces to change channel as well. 953 * 954 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 955 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 956 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 957 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 958 * public action frame TX. 959 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 960 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 961 * 962 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 963 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 964 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 965 * is used for this. 966 * 967 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 968 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 969 * 970 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 971 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 972 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 973 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 974 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 975 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 976 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 977 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 978 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 979 * 980 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 981 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 982 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 983 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 984 * while operating on this channel. 985 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 986 * event. 987 * 988 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 989 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 990 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 991 * 992 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 993 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 994 * 995 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 996 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 997 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 998 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 999 * 1000 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 1001 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 1002 * complete. 1003 * 1004 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 1005 * return back to normal. 1006 * 1007 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 1008 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 1009 * 1010 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 1011 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 1012 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 1013 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 1014 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 1016 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 1017 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 1018 * switch is complete. 1019 * 1020 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 1021 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 1022 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 1023 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 1024 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 1025 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 1026 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 1027 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 1028 * 1029 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 1030 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 1031 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 1032 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 1033 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 1034 * 1035 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1036 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1037 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1038 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1039 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1040 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1041 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1042 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1043 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1044 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1045 * fail even if the check was successful. 1046 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1047 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1048 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1049 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1050 * 1051 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1052 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1053 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1054 * 1055 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1056 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1057 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1058 * network is determined by the network interface. 1059 * 1060 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1061 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1062 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1063 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1064 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1065 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1066 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1067 * AP. 1068 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1069 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1070 * when this command completes. 1071 * 1072 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1073 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1074 * management. 1075 * 1076 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1077 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1078 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1079 * 1080 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1081 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1082 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1083 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1084 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1085 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1087 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1088 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1089 * added. 1090 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1091 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1092 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1093 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1094 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1095 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1096 * of the function upon success. 1097 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1098 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1099 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1100 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1101 * which just terminated. 1102 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1103 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1104 * the response to this command. 1105 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1106 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1107 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1108 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1109 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1110 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1111 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1112 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1113 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1114 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1115 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1116 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1117 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1118 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1119 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1120 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1121 * 1122 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1123 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1124 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1125 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1126 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1127 * 1128 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1129 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1130 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1131 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1132 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1133 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1134 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1135 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and 1136 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent 1137 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P- 1138 * client MAC address. 1139 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for 1140 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following 1141 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way 1142 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of 1143 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client). 1144 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1145 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1146 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1147 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1148 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1149 * 802.11 headers. 1150 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and 1151 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known 1152 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit 1153 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both 1154 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link 1155 * address of that link. 1156 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1157 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1158 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1159 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1160 * 1161 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1162 * 1163 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1164 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1165 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1166 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1167 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1168 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1169 * 1170 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1171 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1172 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1173 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1174 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1175 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1176 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1177 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1178 * command interface. 1179 * 1180 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in 1181 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO 1182 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD 1183 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability 1184 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling 1185 * MLO during the authentication offload or not. 1186 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it 1187 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User 1188 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request 1189 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable. 1190 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and 1191 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD 1192 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and 1193 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the 1194 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the 1195 * authentication. 1196 * 1197 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1198 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1199 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1200 * 1201 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1202 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1203 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1204 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1205 * 1206 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1207 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1208 * 1209 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1210 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1211 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1212 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1213 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1214 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1215 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1216 * the netlink extended ack message. 1217 * 1218 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1219 * 1220 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1221 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1222 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1223 * buffer size. 1224 * 1225 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1226 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1227 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1228 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1229 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1230 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1231 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1232 * 1233 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1234 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1235 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1236 * determining the width and type. 1237 * 1238 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1239 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1240 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1241 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1242 * 1243 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1244 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1245 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1246 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1247 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1248 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1249 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1250 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1251 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1252 * rate selection. 1253 * 1254 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1255 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1256 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1257 * 1258 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1259 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1260 * 1261 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1262 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1263 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1264 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1265 * 1266 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1267 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1268 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1269 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1270 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1271 * 1272 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1273 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1274 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1275 * 1276 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1277 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1278 * 1279 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1280 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1281 * 1282 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1283 * started 1284 * 1285 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1286 * been aborted 1287 * 1288 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1289 * has completed 1290 * 1291 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1292 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1293 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1294 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1295 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1296 * 1297 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1298 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1299 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1300 * specify the timeout value. 1301 * 1302 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The 1303 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link. 1304 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come 1305 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links 1306 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP. 1307 * 1308 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station 1309 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station 1310 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station 1311 * 1312 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing 1313 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1314 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the 1315 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for 1316 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC 1317 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable 1318 * HW timestamping. 1319 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently 1320 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS. 1321 * 1322 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD 1323 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with 1324 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide 1325 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links. 1326 * 1327 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a 1328 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and 1329 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the 1330 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic. 1331 * 1332 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF: For a non-AP MLD station, request to 1333 * add/remove links to/from the association. To indicate link 1334 * reconfiguration request results from the driver, this command is also 1335 * used as an event to notify userspace about the added links information. 1336 * For notifying the removed links information, the existing 1337 * %NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED command is used. This command is also used to 1338 * notify userspace about newly added links for the current connection in 1339 * case of AP-initiated link recommendation requests, received via 1340 * a BTM (BSS Transition Management) request or a link reconfig notify 1341 * frame, where the driver handles the link recommendation offload. 1342 * 1343 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1344 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1345 */ 1346 enum nl80211_commands { 1347 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1348 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1349 1350 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1351 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1352 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1353 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1354 1355 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1356 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1357 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1358 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1359 1360 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1361 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1362 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1363 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1364 1365 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1366 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1367 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1368 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1369 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1370 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1371 1372 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1373 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1374 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1375 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1376 1377 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1378 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1379 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1380 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1381 1382 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1383 1384 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1385 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1386 1387 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1388 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1389 1390 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1391 1392 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1393 1394 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1395 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1396 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1397 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1398 1399 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1400 1401 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1402 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1403 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1404 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1405 1406 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1407 1408 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1409 1410 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1411 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1412 1413 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1414 1415 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1416 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1417 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1418 1419 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1420 1421 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1422 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1423 1424 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1425 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1426 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1427 1428 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1429 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1430 1431 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1432 1433 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1434 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1435 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1436 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1437 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1438 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1439 1440 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1441 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1442 1443 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1444 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1445 1446 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1447 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1448 1449 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1450 1451 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1452 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1453 1454 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1455 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1456 1457 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1458 1459 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1460 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1461 1462 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1463 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1464 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1465 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1466 1467 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1468 1469 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1470 1471 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1472 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1473 1474 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1475 1476 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1477 1478 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1479 1480 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1481 1482 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1483 1484 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1485 1486 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1487 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1488 1489 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1490 1491 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1492 1493 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1494 1495 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1496 1497 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1498 1499 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1500 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1501 1502 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1503 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1504 1505 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1506 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1507 1508 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1509 1510 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1511 1512 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1513 1514 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1515 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1516 1517 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1518 1519 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1520 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1521 1522 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1523 1524 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1525 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1526 1527 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1528 1529 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1530 1531 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1532 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1533 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1534 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1535 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1536 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1537 1538 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1539 1540 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1541 1542 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1543 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1544 1545 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1546 1547 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1548 1549 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1550 1551 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1552 1553 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1554 1555 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1556 1557 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1558 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1559 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1560 1561 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1562 1563 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1564 1565 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1566 1567 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1568 1569 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1570 1571 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1572 1573 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1574 1575 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1576 1577 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1578 1579 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1580 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1581 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1582 1583 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1584 1585 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1586 1587 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK, 1588 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK, 1589 1590 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA, 1591 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA, 1592 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA, 1593 1594 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP, 1595 1596 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED, 1597 1598 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING, 1599 1600 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF, 1601 1602 /* add new commands above here */ 1603 1604 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1605 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1606 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1607 }; 1608 1609 /* 1610 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1611 * here 1612 */ 1613 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1614 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1615 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1616 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1617 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1618 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1619 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1620 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1621 1622 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1623 1624 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1625 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1626 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1627 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1628 1629 /** 1630 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1631 * 1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1633 * 1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1635 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1639 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1640 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1641 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1642 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1644 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1645 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1647 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1648 * operating channel center frequency. 1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1650 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1652 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1653 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1654 * this attribute) 1655 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1656 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1657 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1658 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1660 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1661 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1663 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1664 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1666 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1667 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1669 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1670 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1672 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1673 * 1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1677 * 1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1679 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1680 * 1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1682 * 1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1684 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1685 * keys 1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1688 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1690 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1693 * default management key 1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1695 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1697 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1698 * 1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1703 * 1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1706 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1708 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1710 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1711 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1713 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1715 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1716 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1717 * 1718 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1719 * consisting of a nested array. 1720 * 1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1723 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1726 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1727 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1728 * 1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1730 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1731 * 1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1733 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1734 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1735 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1736 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1737 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1738 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1739 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1740 * to a specific alpha2. 1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1742 * rules. 1743 * 1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1746 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1748 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1750 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1751 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1752 * 1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1754 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1755 * 1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1757 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1758 * of the interface mode. 1759 * 1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1761 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1762 * 1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1764 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1765 * 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1767 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1769 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1771 * that can be added to a scan request 1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1773 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1775 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1776 * 1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1779 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1781 * 1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1783 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1785 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1786 * 1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1788 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1789 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1790 * 1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1792 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1793 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1796 * represented as a u32 1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1798 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1799 * 1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1801 * a u32 1802 * 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1804 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1805 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1806 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1807 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1809 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1810 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1811 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1812 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1813 * 1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1815 * cipher suites 1816 * 1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1818 * for other networks on different channels 1819 * 1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1821 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1822 * 1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1824 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1825 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1826 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1827 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1828 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1829 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1830 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1831 * 1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1833 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1834 * 1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1836 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1837 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1838 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1839 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1840 * default in station mode. 1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1842 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1843 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1844 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1845 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1846 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1848 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1849 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1851 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1852 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1853 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1854 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1855 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1856 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1857 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1858 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1859 * frames are not forwarded over the control port. 1860 * 1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1862 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1863 * 1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1865 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1866 * a local disconnect request. 1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1868 * event (u16) 1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1870 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1871 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1872 * 1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1874 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1875 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1877 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1878 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1879 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1880 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1881 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1882 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1883 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1884 * 1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1886 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1888 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1889 * 1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1891 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1892 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1893 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1894 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1895 * 1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1897 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1899 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1900 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1901 * 1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace. 1904 * 1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1906 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1907 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1908 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1909 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1910 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1911 * completely from scratch. 1912 * 1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1914 * 1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1916 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1917 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1918 * 1919 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1921 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1922 * 1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1925 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1926 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1927 * 1928 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1929 * 1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1931 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1932 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1933 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1934 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1935 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1936 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1937 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1938 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1939 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1940 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1941 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and 1942 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE. 1943 * 1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1945 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1947 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1949 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1950 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1951 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1953 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1954 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1955 * 1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1957 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32) 1959 * 1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1961 * 1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1963 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1964 * 1965 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1966 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1967 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1968 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1969 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1970 * 1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1972 * connected to this BSS. 1973 * 1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1975 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1977 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1978 * for non-automatic settings. 1979 * 1980 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1981 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1982 * 1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1984 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1985 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1986 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1987 * 1988 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1989 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1990 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1991 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1992 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not. 1993 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1994 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1995 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not. 1996 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1997 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1998 * 1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 2000 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 2001 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 2002 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 2003 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 2004 * 2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2006 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 2007 * 2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2009 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 2010 * 2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 2012 * 2013 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 2014 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 2015 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 2016 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 2017 * nl80211 capability flag. 2018 * 2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 2020 * 2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 2022 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 2023 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 2024 * 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 2026 * changed once the mesh is active. 2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 2028 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 2030 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 2031 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 2033 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 2034 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 2035 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 2036 * 2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 2038 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 2040 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 2041 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 2042 * triggers. 2043 * 2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 2045 * cycles, in msecs. 2046 * 2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 2048 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 2049 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 2050 * pass-thru filter rules. 2051 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 2052 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 2053 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 2054 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 2055 * able to ignore them by itself. 2056 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 2057 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 2058 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 2059 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 2060 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 2061 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 2062 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 2063 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 2064 * 2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 2066 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 2067 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2068 * If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set), 2069 * this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio. 2070 * See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy 2071 * combinations for the sum of all radios. 2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 2073 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 2074 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 2075 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 2076 * 2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 2078 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 2079 * 2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 2081 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 2082 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 2083 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 2084 * 2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 2086 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 2087 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 2088 * 2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 2090 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 2091 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 2092 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 2094 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 2095 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 2096 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 2097 * (Re)Association Request frames. 2098 * 2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 2100 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 2102 * as AP. 2103 * 2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 2105 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 2106 * 2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 2108 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 2109 * 2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 2111 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 2112 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 2113 * applications use this attribute. 2114 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 2115 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 2116 * 2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 2118 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 2119 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 2121 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 2123 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2125 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2126 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2127 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2128 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2129 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2130 * 2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2132 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2133 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2134 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2135 * 2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2137 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2138 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2139 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2140 * 2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2142 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2144 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2145 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2146 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2147 * 2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2149 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2150 * to be filled by the FW. 2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2152 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2153 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2155 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2156 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2158 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2159 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable 2161 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2162 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2163 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2164 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2165 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2166 * The values that may be configured are: 2167 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2168 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2169 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2170 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2171 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2173 * ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2174 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2175 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2176 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2177 * the station debugfs vht_caps file. 2178 * 2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2180 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2181 * to one DFS region. 2182 * 2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 2184 * up to 16 TIDs. 2185 * 2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2187 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2188 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2189 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2190 * capability to timeout the stations. 2191 * 2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2193 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2194 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2195 * 2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2197 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2198 * 2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2200 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2201 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2202 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2203 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2204 * 2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2206 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2207 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2208 * 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2210 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2211 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2212 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2213 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2214 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2215 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2216 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2217 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2218 * consistent. 2219 * 2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2221 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2222 * 2223 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2224 * 2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2226 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2228 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2229 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2230 * no change is made. 2231 * 2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2233 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2234 * 2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2236 * carried in a u32 attribute 2237 * 2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2239 * MAC ACL. 2240 * 2241 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2242 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2243 * ACL. 2244 * 2245 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2246 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2247 * 2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2249 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2250 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2252 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2253 * 2254 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2255 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2256 * 2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2258 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2259 * and PU-APSD. 2260 * 2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2262 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2263 * 2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2265 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2266 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2267 * 2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2269 * 2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2271 * Element 2272 * 2273 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2274 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2276 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2277 * 2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2279 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2280 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2281 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2282 * 2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2284 * 2285 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2286 * until the channel switch event. 2287 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2288 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2289 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2290 * was requested by the AP. 2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2292 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2293 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2294 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2296 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2297 * 2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2299 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2300 * 2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2302 * 2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2304 * operating classes. 2305 * 2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2307 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2308 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2309 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2310 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2311 * IBSS network. 2312 * 2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2314 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2315 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2316 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2317 * 2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2319 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2320 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2321 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2322 * u8 attribute. 2323 * 2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2325 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2327 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2328 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2330 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2331 * 2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2333 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2334 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2335 * 2336 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2338 * 2339 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2340 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2341 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2342 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2343 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2344 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2345 * 2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2347 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2349 * supported number of csa counters. 2350 * 2351 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2352 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2353 * 2354 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2355 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2356 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2357 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2358 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2359 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2360 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2361 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2362 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2363 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2364 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2365 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2366 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2367 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2368 * multicast group. 2369 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2370 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2371 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2372 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2373 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2374 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2375 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2376 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2377 * 2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2379 * the TDLS link initiator. 2380 * 2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2382 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2383 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2384 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2385 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2386 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2387 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2388 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2389 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2390 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2391 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2392 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2393 * 2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2395 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2396 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2397 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2398 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2399 * 2400 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2401 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2402 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2403 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2404 * 2405 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2406 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2407 * 2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2409 * 2410 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2411 * 2412 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2413 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2414 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2415 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2416 * 2417 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2418 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2419 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2420 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2421 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2422 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2423 * 2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2425 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2426 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2427 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2428 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2429 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2430 * over all channels. 2431 * 2432 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2433 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2434 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2435 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2436 * 2437 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2438 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2439 * 2440 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2441 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2442 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2443 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2444 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2445 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2446 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2447 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2448 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2449 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2450 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2451 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2452 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2453 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2454 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2455 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2456 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2457 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2458 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2459 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2460 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2461 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2462 * 2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2464 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2465 * 2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2467 * 2468 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2469 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2470 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and 2471 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO, 2472 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are 2473 * present. 2474 * 2475 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2476 * groupID for monitor mode. 2477 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2478 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2479 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2480 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2481 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2482 * each group. 2483 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2484 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2485 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2486 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2487 * groupID data. 2488 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2489 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2490 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2491 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2492 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2493 * 2494 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2495 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2496 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2497 * attribute must not be included). 2498 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2499 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2500 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2501 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2502 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2503 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2504 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2505 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2506 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2507 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2508 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2509 * 2510 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2511 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2512 * 2513 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2514 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2515 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2516 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2517 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2518 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2519 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2520 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2521 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2522 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2523 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2524 * the device will decide what to use. 2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2526 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2527 * attribute. 2528 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2529 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2531 * protection. 2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2533 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2534 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2535 * 2536 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2537 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2538 * 2539 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2540 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2541 * 2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2543 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2544 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2545 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2546 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2547 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2548 * unnecessary wakeups. 2549 * 2550 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2551 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2552 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2553 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2554 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2555 * 2556 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2557 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2558 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2559 * 2560 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2561 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2562 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2563 * 2564 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2565 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2566 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2567 * 2568 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2569 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2570 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2571 * 2572 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2573 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2574 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2575 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2576 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2577 * 2578 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP 2579 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2580 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2581 * 2582 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2583 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2584 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2585 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2586 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2587 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2588 * is included as well. 2589 * 2590 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2591 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2592 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2593 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2594 * 2595 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2596 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2597 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2598 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2599 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2600 * 2601 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2602 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2603 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2604 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2605 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2606 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2607 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2608 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2609 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2610 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2611 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2612 * 2613 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2614 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2615 * 2616 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2617 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2618 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2619 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2620 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2621 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2622 * enforced. 2623 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2624 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2626 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2627 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2628 * 2629 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2630 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2631 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2632 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2633 * 2634 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2635 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2636 * 2637 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2638 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2639 * invalid value. 2640 * 2641 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2642 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2643 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2644 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2645 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2646 * 2647 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2648 * scheduler. 2649 * 2650 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2651 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2652 * possible values. 2653 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2654 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2655 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2656 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2657 * or per-station. 2658 * 2659 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2660 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2661 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2662 * 2663 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2664 * 2665 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2666 * functionality. 2667 * 2668 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2669 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2670 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2671 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2672 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2673 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2674 * 2675 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2676 * (u16). 2677 * 2678 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2679 * 2680 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2681 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2682 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2683 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2684 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2685 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2686 * 2687 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2688 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2689 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2690 * attributes. 2691 * 2692 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2693 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2694 * 2695 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2696 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2697 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2698 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2699 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2700 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2701 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2702 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2703 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2704 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2705 * 2706 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2707 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2708 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2709 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2710 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2711 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2712 * has expired. 2713 * 2714 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2715 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2716 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2717 * disassociation is still forced. 2718 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2719 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2720 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2721 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2722 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2723 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2724 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2725 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2726 * 2727 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2728 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2729 * 2730 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2731 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2732 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2733 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2734 * 2735 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2736 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2737 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2738 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2739 * 2740 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2741 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2742 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2743 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2744 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2745 * 2746 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2747 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2748 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2749 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2750 * 2751 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2752 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2753 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2754 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2755 * 2756 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2757 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2758 * is desired. 2759 * 2760 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2761 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2762 * 2763 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2764 * until the color switch event. 2765 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2766 * switching to 2767 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2768 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2769 * 2770 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2771 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2772 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2773 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2774 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2775 * parameters. 2776 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2777 * 2778 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2779 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2780 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2781 * 2782 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2783 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2784 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2785 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2786 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2787 * radar channel. 2788 * 2789 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2790 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2791 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2792 * 2793 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from 2794 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2795 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2796 * 2797 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with 2798 * various commands that need a link ID to operate. 2799 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some 2800 * per-link information and a link ID. 2801 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as 2802 * authenticate/associate. 2803 * 2804 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO 2805 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not 2806 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection. 2807 * 2808 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of 2809 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 2810 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this 2811 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM 2812 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum 2813 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute. 2814 * 2815 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16) 2816 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16) 2817 * 2818 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in 2819 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2820 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2821 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX 2822 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2823 * the ack TX timestamp. 2824 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in 2825 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2826 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2827 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX 2828 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2829 * the incoming frame RX timestamp. 2830 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent 2831 * (re)associations. 2832 * 2833 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest 2834 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1 2835 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are 2836 * reserved. 2837 * 2838 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW 2839 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute. 2840 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying 2841 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported. 2842 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should 2843 * be enabled or not (flag attribute). 2844 * 2845 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for 2846 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used 2847 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled. 2848 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple 2849 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting 2850 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element 2851 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon 2852 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same 2853 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of 2854 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon. 2855 * 2856 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is 2857 * disabled. 2858 * 2859 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e. 2860 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or 2861 * cannot be used at all. 2862 * 2863 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to 2864 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2865 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2866 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2867 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to 2868 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2869 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2870 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2871 * 2872 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with 2873 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs 2874 * are used on this connection 2875 * 2876 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios 2877 * belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs. 2878 * 2879 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the 2880 * supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each 2881 * nested item, it contains attributes defined in 2882 * &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2883 * 2884 * @NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK: Bitmask of allowed radios (u32). 2885 * A value of 0 means all radios. 2886 * 2887 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS: supported selectors, array of 2888 * supported selectors as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the 2889 * length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS). 2890 * This can be used to provide a list of selectors that are implemented 2891 * by the supplicant. If not given, support for SAE_H2E is assumed. 2892 * 2893 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS: (u16) A bitmask of the links requested 2894 * to be removed from the MLO association. 2895 * 2896 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2897 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2898 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2899 */ 2900 enum nl80211_attrs { 2901 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2902 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2903 2904 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2905 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2906 2907 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2908 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2909 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2910 2911 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2912 2913 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2914 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2915 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2916 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2917 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2918 2919 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2920 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2921 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2922 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2923 2924 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2925 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2926 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2927 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2928 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2929 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2930 2931 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2932 2933 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2934 2935 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2936 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2937 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2938 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2939 2940 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2941 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2942 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2943 2944 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2945 2946 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2947 2948 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2949 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2950 2951 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2952 2953 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2954 2955 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2956 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2957 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2958 2959 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2960 2961 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2962 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2963 2964 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2965 2966 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2967 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2968 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2969 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2970 2971 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2972 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2973 2974 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2975 2976 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2977 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2978 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2979 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2980 2981 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2982 2983 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2984 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2985 2986 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2987 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2988 2989 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2990 2991 2992 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2993 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2994 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2995 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2996 2997 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2998 2999 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 3000 3001 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 3002 3003 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 3004 3005 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 3006 3007 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 3008 3009 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 3010 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 3011 3012 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 3013 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 3014 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 3015 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 3016 3017 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 3018 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 3019 3020 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 3021 3022 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 3023 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 3024 3025 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 3026 3027 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 3028 3029 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 3030 3031 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 3032 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 3033 3034 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 3035 3036 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 3037 3038 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 3039 3040 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 3041 3042 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 3043 3044 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 3045 3046 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 3047 3048 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 3049 3050 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 3051 3052 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 3053 3054 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3055 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 3056 3057 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 3058 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 3059 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 3060 3061 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 3062 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 3063 3064 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 3065 3066 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 3067 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 3068 3069 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 3070 3071 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 3072 3073 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 3074 3075 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 3076 3077 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 3078 3079 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 3080 3081 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 3082 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 3083 3084 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 3085 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 3086 3087 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 3088 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 3089 3090 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 3091 3092 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3093 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 3094 3095 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 3096 3097 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 3098 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3099 3100 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 3101 3102 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 3103 3104 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 3105 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 3106 3107 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 3108 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 3109 3110 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 3111 3112 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 3113 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 3114 3115 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 3116 3117 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 3118 3119 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 3120 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 3121 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 3122 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 3123 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 3124 3125 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 3126 3127 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 3128 3129 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 3130 3131 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 3132 3133 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 3134 3135 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 3136 3137 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 3138 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3139 3140 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 3141 3142 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 3143 3144 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 3145 3146 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 3147 3148 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 3149 3150 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 3151 3152 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 3153 3154 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 3155 3156 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 3157 3158 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 3159 3160 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 3161 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 3162 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 3163 3164 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 3165 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 3166 3167 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 3168 3169 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 3170 3171 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 3172 3173 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 3174 3175 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 3176 3177 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 3178 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 3179 3180 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 3181 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 3182 3183 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 3184 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 3185 3186 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 3187 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3188 3189 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 3190 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 3191 3192 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 3193 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 3194 3195 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 3196 3197 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 3198 3199 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 3200 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 3201 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 3202 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 3203 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 3204 3205 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 3206 3207 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 3208 3209 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 3210 3211 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 3212 3213 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 3214 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 3215 3216 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 3217 3218 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 3219 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 3220 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 3221 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 3222 3223 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 3224 3225 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 3226 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 3227 3228 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 3229 3230 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 3231 3232 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 3233 3234 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 3235 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 3236 3237 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 3238 3239 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 3240 3241 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 3242 3243 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 3244 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 3245 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 3246 3247 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 3248 3249 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 3250 3251 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 3252 3253 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3254 3255 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3256 3257 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3258 3259 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3260 3261 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3262 3263 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3264 3265 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3266 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3267 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3268 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3269 3270 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3271 3272 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3273 3274 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3275 3276 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3277 3278 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3279 3280 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3281 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3282 3283 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3284 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3285 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3286 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3287 3288 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3289 3290 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3291 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3292 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3293 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3294 3295 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3296 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3297 3298 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3299 3300 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3301 3302 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3303 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3304 3305 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3306 3307 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3308 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3309 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3310 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3311 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3312 3313 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3314 3315 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3316 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3317 3318 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3319 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3320 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3321 3322 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3323 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3324 3325 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3326 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3327 3328 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3329 3330 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3331 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3332 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3333 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3334 3335 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3336 3337 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3338 3339 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3340 3341 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3342 3343 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3344 3345 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3346 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3347 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3348 3349 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3350 3351 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3352 3353 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3354 3355 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3356 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3357 3358 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3359 3360 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3361 3362 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3363 3364 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3365 3366 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3367 3368 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3369 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3370 3371 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3372 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3373 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3374 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3375 3376 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3377 3378 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3379 3380 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3381 3382 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3383 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3384 3385 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3386 3387 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3388 3389 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3390 3391 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3392 3393 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3394 3395 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3396 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3397 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3398 3399 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3400 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3401 3402 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 3403 3404 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 3405 3406 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, 3407 3408 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT, 3409 3410 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS, 3411 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, 3412 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR, 3413 3414 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT, 3415 3416 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES, 3417 3418 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY, 3419 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, 3420 3421 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3422 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3423 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP, 3424 3425 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP, 3426 3427 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS, 3428 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED, 3429 3430 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS, 3431 3432 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED, 3433 3434 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA, 3435 3436 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK, 3437 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK, 3438 3439 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU, 3440 3441 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS, 3442 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3443 3444 NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK, 3445 3446 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS, 3447 3448 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS, 3449 3450 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3451 3452 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3453 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3454 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3455 }; 3456 3457 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3458 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3459 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3460 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3461 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3462 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3463 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3464 3465 /* 3466 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3467 * here 3468 */ 3469 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3470 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3471 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3472 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3473 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3474 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3475 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3476 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3477 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3478 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3479 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3480 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3481 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3482 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3483 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3484 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3485 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3486 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3487 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3488 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3489 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3490 3491 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3492 3493 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3494 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS 128 3495 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3496 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3497 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3498 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3499 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3500 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3501 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3502 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3503 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3504 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3505 3506 /* 3507 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 3508 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. 3509 */ 3510 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3511 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 3512 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 3513 3514 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3515 3516 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3517 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3518 3519 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3520 3521 /** 3522 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3523 * 3524 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3525 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3526 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3527 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3528 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3529 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3530 * AP type interface. 3531 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3532 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3533 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3534 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3535 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3536 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3537 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3538 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3539 * commands to create and destroy one 3540 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3541 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3542 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3543 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3544 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3545 * 3546 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3547 * to set the type of an interface. 3548 * 3549 */ 3550 enum nl80211_iftype { 3551 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3552 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3553 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3554 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3555 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3556 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3557 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3558 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3559 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3560 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3561 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3562 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3563 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3564 3565 /* keep last */ 3566 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3567 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3568 }; 3569 3570 /** 3571 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3572 * 3573 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3574 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3575 * 3576 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3577 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3578 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3579 * with short barker preamble 3580 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3581 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3582 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3583 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3584 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3585 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3586 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3587 * as errors.) 3588 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3589 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3590 * previously added station into associated state 3591 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs 3592 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3593 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3594 */ 3595 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3596 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3597 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3598 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3599 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3600 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3601 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3602 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3603 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3604 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU, 3605 3606 /* keep last */ 3607 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3608 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3609 }; 3610 3611 /** 3612 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3613 * 3614 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3615 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3616 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3617 */ 3618 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3619 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3620 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3621 3622 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3623 }; 3624 3625 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3626 3627 /** 3628 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3629 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3630 * @set: which values to set them to 3631 * 3632 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3633 */ 3634 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3635 __u32 mask; 3636 __u32 set; 3637 } __attribute__((packed)); 3638 3639 /** 3640 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3641 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3642 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3643 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3644 */ 3645 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3646 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3647 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3648 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3649 }; 3650 3651 /** 3652 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3653 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec 3654 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec 3655 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec 3656 */ 3657 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3658 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3659 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3660 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3661 }; 3662 3663 /** 3664 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3665 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3666 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3667 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3668 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3669 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3670 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3671 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3672 */ 3673 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3674 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3675 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3676 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3677 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3678 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3679 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3680 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3681 }; 3682 3683 /** 3684 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval 3685 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3686 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3687 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3688 */ 3689 enum nl80211_eht_gi { 3690 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, 3691 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, 3692 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, 3693 }; 3694 3695 /** 3696 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values 3697 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3698 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3699 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation 3700 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3701 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation 3702 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3703 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3704 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation 3705 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3706 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation 3707 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation 3708 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3709 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation 3710 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation 3711 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation 3712 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation 3713 */ 3714 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { 3715 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, 3716 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, 3717 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, 3718 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, 3719 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, 3720 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, 3721 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, 3722 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, 3723 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, 3724 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, 3725 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, 3726 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3727 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, 3728 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, 3729 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, 3730 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, 3731 }; 3732 3733 /** 3734 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3735 * 3736 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3737 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3738 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3739 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3740 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3741 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3742 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3743 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3744 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3745 * 3746 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3747 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3748 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3749 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3750 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3751 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3752 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3753 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3754 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3755 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3756 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3757 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3758 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3759 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3760 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3761 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3762 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3763 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3764 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3765 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3766 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3767 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3768 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3769 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3770 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3771 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3772 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate 3773 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) 3774 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3775 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier 3776 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 3777 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then 3778 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) 3779 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10) 3780 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4) 3781 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate 3782 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate 3783 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate 3784 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate 3785 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate 3786 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3787 */ 3788 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3789 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3790 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3791 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3792 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3793 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3794 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3795 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3796 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3797 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3798 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3799 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3800 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3801 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3802 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3803 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3804 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3805 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3806 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3807 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, 3808 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, 3809 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, 3810 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, 3811 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, 3812 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS, 3813 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS, 3814 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH, 3815 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH, 3816 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH, 3817 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH, 3818 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH, 3819 3820 /* keep last */ 3821 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3822 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3823 }; 3824 3825 /** 3826 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3827 * 3828 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3829 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3830 * 3831 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3832 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3833 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3834 * (flag) 3835 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3836 * (flag) 3837 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3838 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3839 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3840 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3841 */ 3842 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3843 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3844 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3845 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3846 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3847 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3848 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3849 3850 /* keep last */ 3851 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3852 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3853 }; 3854 3855 /** 3856 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3857 * 3858 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3859 * when getting information about a station. 3860 * 3861 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3862 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3863 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3864 * (u32, from this station) 3865 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3866 * (u32, to this station) 3867 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3868 * (u64, from this station) 3869 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3870 * (u64, to this station) 3871 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3872 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3873 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3874 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3875 * (u32, from this station) 3876 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3877 * (u32, to this station) 3878 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3879 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3880 * (u32, to this station) 3881 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3882 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3883 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3884 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3885 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3886 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3887 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3888 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3889 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3890 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3891 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3892 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3893 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3894 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3895 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3896 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3897 * non-peer STA 3898 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3899 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3900 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3901 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3902 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also 3903 * the 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3904 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3905 * (u64) 3906 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3907 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3908 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3909 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3910 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3911 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3912 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3913 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3914 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3915 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3916 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3917 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3918 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3919 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3920 * (u32, from this station) 3921 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3922 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3923 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3924 * might not be fully accurate. 3925 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3926 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3927 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3928 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3929 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3930 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3931 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3932 * of STA's association 3933 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3934 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3935 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3936 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3937 */ 3938 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3939 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3940 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3941 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3942 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3943 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3944 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3945 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3946 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3947 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3948 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3949 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3950 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3951 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3952 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3953 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3954 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3955 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3956 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3957 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3958 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3959 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3960 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3961 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3962 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3963 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3964 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3965 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3966 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3967 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3968 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3969 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3970 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3971 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3972 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3973 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3974 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3975 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3976 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3977 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3978 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3979 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3980 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3981 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3982 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3983 3984 /* keep last */ 3985 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3986 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3987 }; 3988 3989 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3990 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3991 3992 3993 /** 3994 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3995 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3996 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3997 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3998 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3999 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 4000 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 4001 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 4002 * MSDUs (u64) 4003 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4004 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 4005 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 4006 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 4007 */ 4008 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 4009 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 4010 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 4011 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 4012 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 4013 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 4014 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 4015 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 4016 4017 /* keep last */ 4018 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 4019 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 4020 }; 4021 4022 /** 4023 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 4024 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4025 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 4026 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 4027 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 4028 * backlogged 4029 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 4030 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 4031 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 4032 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 4033 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 4034 * (only for per-phy stats) 4035 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 4036 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 4037 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 4038 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 4039 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 4040 */ 4041 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 4042 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 4043 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 4044 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 4045 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 4046 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 4047 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 4048 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 4049 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 4050 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 4051 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 4052 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 4053 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 4054 4055 /* keep last */ 4056 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 4057 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 4058 }; 4059 4060 /** 4061 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 4062 * 4063 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 4064 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 4065 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 4066 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 4067 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 4068 */ 4069 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 4070 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 4071 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 4072 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 4073 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 4074 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 4075 }; 4076 4077 /** 4078 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 4079 * 4080 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 4081 * information about a mesh path. 4082 * 4083 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4084 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 4085 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 4086 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 4087 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 4088 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 4089 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 4090 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 4091 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 4092 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 4093 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 4094 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 4095 * currently defined 4096 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4097 */ 4098 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 4099 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 4100 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 4101 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 4102 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 4103 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 4104 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 4105 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4106 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 4107 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 4108 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 4109 4110 /* keep last */ 4111 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4112 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4113 }; 4114 4115 /** 4116 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 4117 * 4118 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4119 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 4120 * for each interface type that supports the band data 4121 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 4122 * capabilities IE 4123 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 4124 * capabilities IE 4125 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 4126 * capabilities IE 4127 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 4128 * defined in HE capabilities IE 4129 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 4130 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 4131 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 4132 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 4133 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT 4134 * capabilities element 4135 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT 4136 * capabilities element 4137 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT 4138 * capabilities element 4139 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as 4140 * defined in EHT capabilities element 4141 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4142 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4143 */ 4144 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 4145 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 4146 4147 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 4148 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 4149 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 4150 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 4151 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 4152 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 4153 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 4154 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, 4155 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, 4156 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, 4157 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, 4158 4159 /* keep last */ 4160 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4161 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4162 }; 4163 4164 /** 4165 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 4166 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4167 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 4168 * an array of nested frequency attributes 4169 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 4170 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 4171 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4172 * defined in 802.11n 4173 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4174 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 4175 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 4176 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4177 * defined in 802.11ac 4178 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4179 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 4180 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 4181 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 4182 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 4183 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 4184 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 4185 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 4186 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 4187 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS 4188 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes 4189 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the 4190 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes 4191 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4192 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4193 */ 4194 enum nl80211_band_attr { 4195 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 4196 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 4197 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 4198 4199 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4200 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4201 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4202 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4203 4204 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4205 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4206 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 4207 4208 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 4209 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 4210 4211 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET, 4212 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA, 4213 4214 /* keep last */ 4215 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4216 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4217 }; 4218 4219 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 4220 4221 /** 4222 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 4223 * 4224 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4225 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 4226 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 4227 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 4228 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 4229 * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 4230 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 4231 */ 4232 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 4233 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 4234 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 4235 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 4236 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 4237 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 4238 4239 /* keep last */ 4240 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 4241 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 4242 }; 4243 4244 /** 4245 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 4246 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4247 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 4248 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 4249 * regulatory domain. 4250 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 4251 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 4252 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 4253 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR 4254 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 4255 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4256 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 4257 * (100 * dBm). 4258 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 4259 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 4260 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long 4261 * this channel is in this DFS state. 4262 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 4263 * channel as the control channel 4264 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 4265 * channel as the control channel 4266 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 4267 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 4268 * this includes 80+80 channels 4269 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 4270 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 4271 * isn't possible 4272 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4273 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 4274 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 4275 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 4276 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 4277 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 4278 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 4279 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 4280 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 4281 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 4282 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 4283 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 4284 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 4285 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 4286 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 4287 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 4288 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 4289 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 4290 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 4291 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4292 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 4293 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4294 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 4295 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 4296 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 4297 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 4298 * in current regulatory domain. 4299 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4300 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 4301 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4302 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 4303 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4304 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 4305 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4306 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 4307 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4308 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 4309 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4310 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel 4311 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible 4312 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel 4313 * in current regulatory domain. 4314 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that 4315 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4316 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is 4317 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control 4318 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 4319 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4320 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP 4321 * not allowed using this channel 4322 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP 4323 * not allowed using this channel 4324 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor 4325 * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is 4326 * otherwise completely disabled. 4327 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a 4328 * very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR. 4329 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: This channel can be active in 4330 * 20 MHz bandwidth, despite being NO_IR. 4331 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 4332 * currently defined 4333 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4334 * 4335 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 4336 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 4337 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 4338 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 4339 */ 4340 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 4341 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 4342 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 4343 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 4344 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 4345 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 4346 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 4347 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 4348 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 4349 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 4350 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 4351 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 4352 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 4353 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 4354 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4355 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 4356 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 4357 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 4358 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 4359 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 4360 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 4361 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 4362 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 4363 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 4364 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 4365 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 4366 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 4367 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, 4368 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, 4369 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD, 4370 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT, 4371 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT, 4372 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT, 4373 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR, 4374 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP, 4375 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY, 4376 4377 /* keep last */ 4378 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4379 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4380 }; 4381 4382 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 4383 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4384 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4385 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4386 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 4387 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4388 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \ 4389 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 4390 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \ 4391 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 4392 4393 /** 4394 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 4395 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4396 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 4397 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 4398 * in 2.4 GHz band. 4399 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 4400 * currently defined 4401 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4402 */ 4403 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 4404 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 4405 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 4406 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 4407 4408 /* keep last */ 4409 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4410 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4411 }; 4412 4413 /** 4414 * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 4415 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 4416 * regulatory domain. 4417 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 4418 * regulatory domain. 4419 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 4420 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 4421 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 4422 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 4423 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 4424 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 4425 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 4426 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 4427 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 4428 */ 4429 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 4430 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 4431 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 4432 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 4433 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 4434 }; 4435 4436 /** 4437 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 4438 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 4439 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 4440 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4441 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4442 * domain. 4443 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4444 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4445 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4446 * them to be applied. 4447 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4448 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4449 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4450 * domain request to be processed. 4451 */ 4452 enum nl80211_reg_type { 4453 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4454 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4455 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4456 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4457 }; 4458 4459 /** 4460 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4461 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4462 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4463 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4464 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4465 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4466 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4467 * band edge. 4468 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4469 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4470 * band edge. 4471 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4472 * frequency range, in KHz. 4473 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4474 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4475 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4476 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4477 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4478 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4479 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4480 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm). 4481 * This could be negative. 4482 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4483 * currently defined 4484 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4485 */ 4486 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4487 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4488 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4489 4490 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4491 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4492 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4493 4494 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 4495 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 4496 4497 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4498 4499 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD, 4500 4501 /* keep last */ 4502 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4503 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4504 }; 4505 4506 /** 4507 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 4508 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4509 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 4510 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 4511 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 4512 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 4513 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 4514 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 4515 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 4516 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 4517 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 4518 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 4519 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 4520 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 4521 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 4522 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 4523 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 4524 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 4525 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 4526 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 4527 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 4528 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 4529 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete 4530 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 4531 * attribute number currently defined 4532 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4533 */ 4534 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4535 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4536 4537 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4538 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4539 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4540 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4541 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4542 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */ 4543 4544 /* keep last */ 4545 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4546 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4547 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4548 }; 4549 4550 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4551 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4552 4553 /** 4554 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4555 * 4556 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4557 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4558 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4559 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4560 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4561 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4562 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4563 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4564 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4565 * beaconing. 4566 * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR 4567 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4568 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4569 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4570 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4571 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4572 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4573 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4574 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4575 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4576 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed 4577 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed 4578 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value 4579 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for 4580 * peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master 4581 * which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3). 4582 * Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4583 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed 4584 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed 4585 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted 4586 * despite NO_IR configuration. 4587 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity in 20 MHz bandwidth, 4588 * despite NO_IR configuration. 4589 */ 4590 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4591 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1 << 0, 4592 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1 << 1, 4593 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1 << 2, 4594 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1 << 3, 4595 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1 << 4, 4596 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1 << 5, 4597 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1 << 6, 4598 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1 << 7, 4599 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1 << 8, 4600 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1 << 11, 4601 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1 << 12, 4602 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1 << 13, 4603 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1 << 14, 4604 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1 << 15, 4605 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1 << 16, 4606 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1 << 17, 4607 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1 << 18, 4608 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1 << 19, 4609 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1 << 20, 4610 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1 << 21, 4611 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1 << 22, 4612 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1 << 23, 4613 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = 1 << 24, 4614 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = 1 << 25, 4615 }; 4616 4617 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4618 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4619 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4620 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4621 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4622 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4623 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 4624 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 4625 4626 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4627 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4628 4629 /** 4630 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4631 * 4632 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4633 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4634 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4635 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4636 */ 4637 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4638 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4639 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4640 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4641 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4642 }; 4643 4644 /** 4645 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4646 * 4647 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4648 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4649 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4650 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4651 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4652 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4653 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4654 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4655 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4656 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4657 * supported feature. 4658 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4659 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4660 */ 4661 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4662 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4663 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4664 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4665 }; 4666 4667 /** 4668 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4669 * 4670 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4671 * when getting information about a survey. 4672 * 4673 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4674 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4675 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4676 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4677 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4678 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4679 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4680 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4681 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4682 * channel was sensed busy 4683 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4684 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4685 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4686 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4687 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4688 * (on this channel or globally) 4689 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4690 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4691 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4692 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4693 * currently defined 4694 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4695 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4696 */ 4697 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4698 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4699 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4700 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4701 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4702 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4703 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4704 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4705 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4706 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4707 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4708 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4709 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4710 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4711 4712 /* keep last */ 4713 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4714 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4715 }; 4716 4717 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4718 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4719 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4720 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4721 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4722 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4723 4724 /** 4725 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4726 * 4727 * Monitor configuration flags. 4728 * 4729 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4730 * 4731 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4732 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4733 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4734 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4735 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4736 * overrides all other flags. 4737 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4738 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4739 * 4740 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4741 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4742 */ 4743 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4744 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4745 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4746 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4747 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4748 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4749 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4750 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4751 4752 /* keep last */ 4753 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4754 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4755 }; 4756 4757 /** 4758 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4759 * 4760 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4761 * not known or has not been set yet. 4762 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4763 * in Awake state all the time. 4764 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4765 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4766 * neighbor's beacons. 4767 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4768 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4769 * for neighbor's beacons. 4770 * 4771 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4772 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level 4773 */ 4774 4775 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4776 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4777 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4778 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4779 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4780 4781 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4782 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4783 }; 4784 4785 /** 4786 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4787 * 4788 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4789 * active. 4790 * 4791 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4792 * 4793 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4794 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4795 * 4796 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4797 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4798 * 4799 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4800 * millisecond units 4801 * 4802 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4803 * on this mesh interface 4804 * 4805 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4806 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4807 * mesh 4808 * 4809 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4810 * point. 4811 * 4812 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4813 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4814 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4815 * set. 4816 * 4817 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4818 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4819 * target) 4820 * 4821 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4822 * (in milliseconds) 4823 * 4824 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4825 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4826 * 4827 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4828 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4829 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4830 * 4831 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4832 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4833 * reference element 4834 * 4835 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4836 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4837 * mesh 4838 * 4839 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4840 * 4841 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4842 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4843 * 4844 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4845 * root announcements are transmitted. 4846 * 4847 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4848 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4849 * Announcement frames. 4850 * 4851 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4852 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4853 * PERR element. 4854 * 4855 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4856 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4857 * 4858 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4859 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4860 * a peer link. 4861 * 4862 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4863 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4864 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4865 * 4866 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4867 * 4868 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4869 * 4870 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4871 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4872 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4873 * 4874 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4875 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4876 * 4877 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4878 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4879 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4880 * 4881 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4882 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4883 * 4884 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4885 * 4886 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4887 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4888 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4889 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4890 * 4891 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4892 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4893 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4894 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4895 * 4896 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4897 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4898 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4899 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4900 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4901 * 4902 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4903 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4904 * in the mesh formation field. 4905 * 4906 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4907 */ 4908 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4909 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4910 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4911 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4912 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4913 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4914 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4915 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4916 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4917 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4918 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4919 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4920 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4921 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4922 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4923 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4924 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4925 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4926 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4927 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4928 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4929 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4930 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4931 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4932 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4933 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4934 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4935 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4936 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4937 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4938 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4939 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4940 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4941 4942 /* keep last */ 4943 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4944 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4945 }; 4946 4947 /** 4948 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4949 * 4950 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4951 * changed while the mesh is active. 4952 * 4953 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4954 * 4955 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4956 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4957 * default HWMP. 4958 * 4959 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4960 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4961 * metric. 4962 * 4963 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4964 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4965 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4966 * metrics in use. 4967 * 4968 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4969 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4970 * 4971 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4972 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4973 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4974 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4975 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4976 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4977 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4978 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4979 * userspace daemon. 4980 * 4981 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4982 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4983 * neighbor offset synchronization 4984 * 4985 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4986 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4987 * 4988 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4989 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4990 * Default is no authentication method required. 4991 * 4992 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4993 * 4994 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4995 */ 4996 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4997 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4998 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4999 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 5000 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 5001 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 5002 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 5003 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 5004 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 5005 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 5006 5007 /* keep last */ 5008 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5009 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5010 }; 5011 5012 /** 5013 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 5014 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 5015 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 5016 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 5017 * disabled 5018 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 5019 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 5020 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 5021 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 5022 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 5023 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 5024 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 5025 */ 5026 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 5027 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 5028 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 5029 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 5030 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 5031 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 5032 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 5033 5034 /* keep last */ 5035 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5036 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5037 }; 5038 5039 enum nl80211_ac { 5040 NL80211_AC_VO, 5041 NL80211_AC_VI, 5042 NL80211_AC_BE, 5043 NL80211_AC_BK, 5044 NL80211_NUM_ACS 5045 }; 5046 5047 /* backward compat */ 5048 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 5049 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 5050 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 5051 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 5052 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 5053 5054 /** 5055 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 5056 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5057 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 5058 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 5059 * below the control channel 5060 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 5061 * above the control channel 5062 */ 5063 enum nl80211_channel_type { 5064 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 5065 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 5066 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 5067 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 5068 }; 5069 5070 /** 5071 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 5072 * 5073 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 5074 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 5075 * 5076 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 5077 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 5078 * 5079 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 5080 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 5081 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 5082 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 5083 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 5084 */ 5085 enum nl80211_key_mode { 5086 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 5087 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 5088 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 5089 }; 5090 5091 /** 5092 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 5093 * 5094 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 5095 * attribute. 5096 * 5097 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5098 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 5099 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5100 * attribute must be provided as well 5101 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5102 * attribute must be provided as well 5103 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5104 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 5105 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5106 * attribute must be provided as well 5107 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 5108 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 5109 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 5110 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 5111 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 5112 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 5113 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 5114 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5115 * attribute must be provided as well 5116 */ 5117 enum nl80211_chan_width { 5118 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 5119 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5120 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 5121 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 5122 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 5123 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 5124 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5125 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5126 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5127 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5128 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 5129 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 5130 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 5131 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, 5132 }; 5133 5134 /** 5135 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 5136 * 5137 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 5138 * 5139 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 5140 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 5141 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 5142 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 5143 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 5144 */ 5145 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 5146 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5147 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5148 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5149 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5150 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5151 }; 5152 5153 /** 5154 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use 5155 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection", 5156 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type. 5157 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an 5158 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including 5159 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must 5160 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set. 5161 */ 5162 enum nl80211_bss_use_for { 5163 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0, 5164 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1, 5165 }; 5166 5167 /** 5168 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a 5169 * BSS isn't possible 5170 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't 5171 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one. 5172 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting 5173 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses. 5174 */ 5175 enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons { 5176 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0, 5177 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1, 5178 }; 5179 5180 #define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \ 5181 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH 5182 5183 /** 5184 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 5185 * 5186 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 5187 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 5188 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 5189 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 5190 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 5191 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 5192 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 5193 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 5194 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 5195 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 5196 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 5197 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 5198 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 5199 * they are from a Beacon frame. 5200 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 5201 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 5202 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 5203 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 5204 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 5205 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 5206 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 5207 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 5208 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 5209 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 5210 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 5211 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 5212 * yet been received 5213 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 5214 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used! 5215 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 5216 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 5217 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 5218 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 5219 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 5220 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 5221 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 5222 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 5223 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 5224 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 5225 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 5226 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 5227 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 5228 * is set. 5229 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 5230 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 5231 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 5232 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 5233 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8). 5234 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it. 5235 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be 5236 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for. 5237 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot 5238 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it, 5239 * even though its presence was detected. 5240 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from 5241 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing 5242 * if no reasons are specified. 5243 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 5244 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 5245 */ 5246 enum nl80211_bss { 5247 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 5248 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 5249 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 5250 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 5251 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 5252 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 5253 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 5254 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 5255 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 5256 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 5257 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 5258 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 5259 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 5260 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 5261 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 5262 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 5263 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 5264 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5265 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 5266 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 5267 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 5268 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID, 5269 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR, 5270 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR, 5271 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS, 5272 5273 /* keep last */ 5274 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 5275 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5276 }; 5277 5278 /** 5279 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 5280 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 5281 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 5282 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 5283 * a given BSS. 5284 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 5285 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 5286 * 5287 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 5288 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 5289 */ 5290 enum nl80211_bss_status { 5291 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 5292 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 5293 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 5294 }; 5295 5296 /** 5297 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 5298 * 5299 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 5300 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 5301 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 5302 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 5303 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 5304 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 5305 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 5306 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 5307 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 5308 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 5309 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 5310 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 5311 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 5312 */ 5313 enum nl80211_auth_type { 5314 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 5315 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 5316 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 5317 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 5318 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 5319 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 5320 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 5321 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 5322 5323 /* keep last */ 5324 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 5325 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 5326 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 5327 }; 5328 5329 /** 5330 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 5331 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 5332 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 5333 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 5334 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 5335 */ 5336 enum nl80211_key_type { 5337 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 5338 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 5339 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 5340 5341 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 5342 }; 5343 5344 /** 5345 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 5346 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 5347 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 5348 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 5349 */ 5350 enum nl80211_mfp { 5351 NL80211_MFP_NO, 5352 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 5353 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5354 }; 5355 5356 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 5357 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 5358 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 5359 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 5360 }; 5361 5362 /** 5363 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 5364 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 5365 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 5366 * unicast key 5367 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 5368 * multicast key 5369 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 5370 */ 5371 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 5372 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 5373 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 5374 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 5375 5376 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 5377 }; 5378 5379 /** 5380 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 5381 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 5382 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 5383 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 5384 * keys 5385 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 5386 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 5387 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 5388 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 5389 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 5390 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 5391 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 5392 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 5393 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 5394 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 5395 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 5396 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 5397 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 5398 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 5399 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 5400 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 5401 * 5402 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 5403 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 5404 */ 5405 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 5406 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 5407 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 5408 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 5409 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 5410 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 5411 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 5412 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 5413 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 5414 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 5415 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 5416 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 5417 5418 /* keep last */ 5419 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 5420 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 5421 }; 5422 5423 /** 5424 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 5425 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 5426 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5427 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 5428 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 5429 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 5430 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5431 * in an array of MCS numbers. 5432 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5433 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 5434 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 5435 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5436 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 5437 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 5438 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 5439 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 5440 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 5441 */ 5442 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 5443 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 5444 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 5445 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 5446 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 5447 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 5448 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 5449 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 5450 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 5451 5452 /* keep last */ 5453 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 5454 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 5455 }; 5456 5457 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 5458 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 5459 5460 /** 5461 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5462 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5463 */ 5464 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 5465 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 5466 }; 5467 5468 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 5469 /** 5470 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5471 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5472 */ 5473 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 5474 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 5475 }; 5476 5477 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 5478 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 5479 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 5480 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 5481 }; 5482 5483 /** 5484 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 5485 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 5486 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 5487 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 5488 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 5489 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 5490 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 5491 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 5492 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 5493 */ 5494 enum nl80211_band { 5495 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 5496 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 5497 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 5498 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 5499 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 5500 NL80211_BAND_LC, 5501 5502 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 5503 }; 5504 5505 /** 5506 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 5507 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 5508 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 5509 */ 5510 enum nl80211_ps_state { 5511 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 5512 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 5513 }; 5514 5515 /** 5516 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 5517 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 5518 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 5519 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 5520 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 5521 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 5522 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 5523 * crosses any of the thresholds. 5524 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 5525 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 5526 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 5527 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 5528 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 5529 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 5530 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 5531 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 5532 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 5533 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 5534 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 5535 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 5536 * checked. 5537 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 5538 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 5539 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 5540 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 5541 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 5542 * loss event 5543 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 5544 * RSSI threshold event. 5545 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 5546 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 5547 */ 5548 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 5549 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 5550 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 5551 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 5552 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 5553 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 5554 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 5555 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 5556 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 5557 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5558 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 5559 5560 /* keep last */ 5561 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 5562 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 5563 }; 5564 5565 /** 5566 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 5567 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 5568 * configured threshold 5569 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 5570 * configured threshold 5571 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 5572 */ 5573 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 5574 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 5575 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 5576 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5577 }; 5578 5579 5580 /** 5581 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 5582 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 5583 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 5584 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 5585 */ 5586 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 5587 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 5588 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 5589 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 5590 }; 5591 5592 /** 5593 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 5594 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 5595 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 5596 */ 5597 enum nl80211_tid_config { 5598 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 5599 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 5600 }; 5601 5602 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 5603 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 5604 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 5605 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 5606 */ 5607 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 5608 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 5609 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 5610 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 5611 }; 5612 5613 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 5614 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 5615 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 5616 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 5617 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 5618 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 5619 * per peer instead. 5620 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates 5621 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 5622 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 5623 * should be left untouched. 5624 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 5625 * Its type is u16. 5626 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 5627 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 5628 * Its type is u8. 5629 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 5630 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5631 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 5632 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5633 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5634 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 5635 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5636 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 5637 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5638 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5639 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 5640 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5641 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5642 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5643 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5644 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5645 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5646 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5647 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5648 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5649 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5650 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5651 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5652 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5653 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5654 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5655 * station. 5656 */ 5657 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5658 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5659 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5660 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5661 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5662 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5663 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5664 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5665 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5666 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5667 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5668 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5669 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5670 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5671 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5672 5673 /* keep last */ 5674 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5675 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5676 }; 5677 5678 /** 5679 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5680 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5681 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5682 * a zero bit are ignored 5683 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5684 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5685 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5686 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5687 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5688 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5689 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5690 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5691 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5692 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5693 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5694 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5695 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5696 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5697 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5698 */ 5699 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5700 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5701 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5702 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5703 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5704 5705 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5706 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5707 }; 5708 5709 /** 5710 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5711 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5712 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5713 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5714 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5715 * 5716 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5717 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5718 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5719 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5720 * by the kernel to userspace. 5721 */ 5722 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5723 __u32 max_patterns; 5724 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5725 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5726 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5727 } __attribute__((packed)); 5728 5729 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5730 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5731 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5732 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5733 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5734 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5735 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5736 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5737 5738 /** 5739 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5740 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5741 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5742 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5743 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5744 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5745 * any others are even supported by the device. 5746 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5747 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5748 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5749 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5750 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5751 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5752 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5753 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5754 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5755 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5756 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5757 * 5758 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5759 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5760 * 5761 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5762 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5763 * to the kernel when configuring. 5764 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5765 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5766 * by the device (flag) 5767 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5768 * done by the device) (flag) 5769 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5770 * packet (flag) 5771 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5772 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5773 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5774 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5775 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5776 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5777 * attribute contains the original length. 5778 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5779 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5780 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5781 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5782 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5783 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5784 * contains the original length. 5785 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5786 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5787 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5788 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5789 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5790 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5791 * the TCP connection. 5792 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5793 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5794 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5795 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5796 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5797 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5798 * service 5799 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5800 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5801 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5802 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5803 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5804 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5805 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5806 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5807 * supported by the driver (u32). 5808 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5809 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5810 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5811 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5812 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5813 * occurred. 5814 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5815 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5816 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5817 * these attributes must be present. If 5818 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5819 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5820 * channel. 5821 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only. 5822 * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP. 5823 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5824 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5825 * 5826 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5827 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5828 */ 5829 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5830 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5831 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5832 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5833 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5834 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5835 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5836 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5837 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5838 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5839 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5840 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5841 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5842 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5843 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5844 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5845 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5846 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5847 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5848 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5849 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5850 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC, 5851 5852 /* keep last */ 5853 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5854 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5855 }; 5856 5857 /** 5858 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5859 * 5860 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5861 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5862 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5863 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5864 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5865 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5866 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5867 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5868 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5869 * 5870 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5871 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5872 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5873 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5874 * also woken up. 5875 * 5876 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5877 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5878 */ 5879 5880 /** 5881 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5882 * @start: starting value 5883 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5884 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5885 * 5886 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5887 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5888 * in little endian. 5889 */ 5890 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5891 __u32 start, offset, len; 5892 }; 5893 5894 /** 5895 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5896 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5897 * @len: length of each token 5898 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5899 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5900 */ 5901 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5902 __u32 offset, len; 5903 __u8 token_stream[]; 5904 }; 5905 5906 /** 5907 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5908 * @min_len: minimum token length 5909 * @max_len: maximum token length 5910 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5911 */ 5912 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5913 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5914 }; 5915 5916 /** 5917 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5918 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5919 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5920 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5921 * (in network byte order) 5922 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5923 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5924 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5925 * might require ARP querying. 5926 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5927 * socket and port will be allocated 5928 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5929 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5930 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5931 * of the data payload. 5932 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5933 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5934 * advertising it is just a flag 5935 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5936 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5937 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5938 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5939 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5940 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5941 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5942 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5943 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5944 * but on the TCP payload only. 5945 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5946 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5947 */ 5948 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5949 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5950 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5951 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5952 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5953 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5954 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5955 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5956 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5957 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5958 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5959 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5960 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5961 5962 /* keep last */ 5963 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5964 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5965 }; 5966 5967 /** 5968 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5969 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5970 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5971 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5972 * 5973 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5974 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5975 */ 5976 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5977 __u32 max_rules; 5978 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5979 __u32 max_delay; 5980 } __attribute__((packed)); 5981 5982 /** 5983 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5984 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5985 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5986 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5987 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5988 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5989 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5990 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5991 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5992 */ 5993 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5994 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5995 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5996 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5997 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5998 5999 /* keep last */ 6000 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 6001 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 6002 }; 6003 6004 /** 6005 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 6006 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 6007 * in a rule are matched. 6008 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 6009 * in a rule are not matched. 6010 */ 6011 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 6012 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 6013 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 6014 }; 6015 6016 /** 6017 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 6018 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 6019 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 6020 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 6021 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 6022 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 6023 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 6024 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 6025 */ 6026 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 6027 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 6028 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 6029 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 6030 6031 /* keep last */ 6032 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 6033 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 6034 }; 6035 6036 /** 6037 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 6038 * 6039 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 6040 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 6041 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 6042 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 6043 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 6044 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 6045 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 6046 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 6047 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 6048 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 6049 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 6050 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 6051 * different channels may be used within this group. 6052 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 6053 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 6054 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 6055 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 6056 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 6057 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 6058 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 6059 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 6060 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 6061 * 6062 * Examples: 6063 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 6064 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 6065 * 6066 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 6067 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 6068 * 6069 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 6070 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels 6071 * 6072 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 6073 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 6074 * 6075 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 6076 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 6077 * that any of these groups must match. 6078 * 6079 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 6080 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 6081 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 6082 * interface type, the following group always exists: 6083 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 6084 */ 6085 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 6086 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 6087 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 6088 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 6089 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 6090 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 6091 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 6092 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 6093 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 6094 6095 /* keep last */ 6096 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 6097 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 6098 }; 6099 6100 6101 /** 6102 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 6103 * 6104 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 6105 * state of non-existent mesh peer links 6106 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 6107 * this mesh peer 6108 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 6109 * from this mesh peer 6110 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 6111 * received from this mesh peer 6112 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 6113 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 6114 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 6115 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames 6116 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 6117 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 6118 */ 6119 enum nl80211_plink_state { 6120 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 6121 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 6122 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 6123 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 6124 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 6125 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 6126 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 6127 6128 /* keep last */ 6129 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 6130 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 6131 }; 6132 6133 /** 6134 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 6135 * 6136 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 6137 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 6138 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 6139 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 6140 */ 6141 enum nl80211_plink_action { 6142 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 6143 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 6144 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 6145 6146 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 6147 }; 6148 6149 6150 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 6151 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 6152 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 6153 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 6154 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32 6155 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 6156 6157 /** 6158 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 6159 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6160 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 6161 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 6162 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 6163 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 6164 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 6165 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 6166 */ 6167 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 6168 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 6169 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 6170 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 6171 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 6172 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 6173 6174 /* keep last */ 6175 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 6176 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 6177 }; 6178 6179 /** 6180 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 6181 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 6182 * Beacon frames) 6183 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 6184 * in Beacon frames 6185 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 6186 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 6187 */ 6188 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 6189 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 6190 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 6191 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 6192 }; 6193 6194 /** 6195 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 6196 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6197 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 6198 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 6199 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 6200 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 6201 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 6202 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 6203 */ 6204 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 6205 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 6206 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 6207 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 6208 6209 /* keep last */ 6210 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 6211 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 6212 }; 6213 6214 /** 6215 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 6216 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6217 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 6218 * priority) 6219 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 6220 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 6221 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 6222 * (internal) 6223 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 6224 * (internal) 6225 */ 6226 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 6227 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 6228 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 6229 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 6230 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 6231 6232 /* keep last */ 6233 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 6234 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 6235 }; 6236 6237 /** 6238 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 6239 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 6240 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 6241 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 6242 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 6243 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 6244 */ 6245 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 6246 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 6247 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 6248 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 6249 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 6250 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 6251 }; 6252 6253 /** 6254 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 6255 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 6256 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 6257 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 6258 */ 6259 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 6260 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 6261 }; 6262 6263 /** 6264 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 6265 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 6266 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 6267 * socket option. 6268 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 6269 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 6270 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 6271 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 6272 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from 6273 * cellular base stations. 6274 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 6275 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 6276 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 6277 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 6278 * mode 6279 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 6280 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 6281 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 6282 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 6283 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 6284 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 6285 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 6286 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 6287 * setting 6288 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 6289 * powersave 6290 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 6291 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 6292 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 6293 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 6294 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 6295 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 6296 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 6297 * states using station flags. 6298 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 6299 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 6300 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 6301 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 6302 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 6303 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 6304 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 6305 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 6306 * still generated by the driver. 6307 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 6308 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 6309 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 6310 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 6311 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 6312 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 6313 * lifetime of a BSS. 6314 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 6315 * Set IE to probe requests. 6316 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 6317 * to probe requests. 6318 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 6319 * requests sent to it by an AP. 6320 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 6321 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 6322 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 6323 * Measurement Report action frame. 6324 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 6325 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 6326 * to enable dynack. 6327 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 6328 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6329 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 6330 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 6331 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6332 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 6333 * rts/cts handshake. 6334 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 6335 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 6336 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 6337 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 6338 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 6339 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 6340 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 6341 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 6342 * operating as a TDLS peer. 6343 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6344 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 6345 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 6346 * address mask/value will be used. 6347 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 6348 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 6349 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6350 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6351 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6352 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 6353 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6354 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6355 */ 6356 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 6357 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 6358 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 6359 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 6360 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 6361 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 6362 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 6363 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 6364 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 6365 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 6366 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 6367 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 6368 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 6369 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 6370 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 6371 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 6372 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 6373 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 6374 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 6375 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 6376 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 6377 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 6378 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 6379 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 6380 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 6381 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 6382 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 6383 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 6384 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 6385 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 6386 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 6387 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 6388 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 6389 }; 6390 6391 /** 6392 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 6393 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 6394 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 6395 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 6396 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 6397 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 6398 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised. 6399 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 6400 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 6401 * certain groups which can be configured by the 6402 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 6403 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 6404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 6405 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 6406 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 6407 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6408 * (if available). 6409 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 6410 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the 6411 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is 6412 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF 6413 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if 6414 * specified). 6415 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 6416 * channel dwell time. 6417 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 6418 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate. 6419 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 6420 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 6421 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6422 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 6423 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 6424 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 6425 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 6426 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 6427 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 6428 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 6429 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 6430 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 6431 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 6432 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 6433 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 6434 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 6435 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 6436 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 6437 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6438 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 6439 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 6440 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 6441 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 6442 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 6443 * be supported. 6444 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 6445 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 6446 * actual dwell time. 6447 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 6448 * response 6449 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 6450 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 6451 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 6452 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 6453 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 6454 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 6455 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 6456 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 6457 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 6458 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 6459 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 6460 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 6461 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 6462 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 6463 * "radar detected" event. 6464 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 6465 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 6466 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 6467 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 6468 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID 6469 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 6470 * TXQs. 6471 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 6472 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 6473 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 6474 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 6475 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 6476 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 6477 * timing measurement responder role. 6478 * 6479 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 6480 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 6481 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 6482 * freeze the connection. 6483 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 6484 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 6485 * 6486 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 6487 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 6488 * scheduling. 6489 * 6490 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 6491 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 6492 * 6493 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete 6494 * 6495 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 6496 * to a station. 6497 * 6498 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 6499 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 6500 * 6501 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 6502 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 6503 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 6504 * 6505 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 6506 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 6507 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 6508 * 6509 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 6510 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 6511 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 6512 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 6513 * 6514 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 6515 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 6516 * handled as ordinary data frames. 6517 * 6518 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 6519 * 6520 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 6521 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 6522 * 6523 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 6524 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 6525 * 6526 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 6527 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 6528 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 6529 * included in the scan request. 6530 * 6531 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 6532 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 6533 * 6534 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 6535 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 6536 * 6537 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6538 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 6539 * command). 6540 * 6541 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 6542 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 6543 * 6544 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 6545 * frames transmission 6546 * 6547 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 6548 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 6549 * 6550 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 6551 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 6552 * 6553 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 6554 * exchange protocol. 6555 * 6556 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 6557 * exchange protocol. 6558 * 6559 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 6560 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 6561 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 6562 * 6563 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 6564 * detection and change announcemnts. 6565 * 6566 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 6567 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 6568 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 6569 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 6570 * 6571 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 6572 * detection. 6573 * 6574 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address 6575 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down 6576 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the 6577 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy 6578 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions 6579 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations 6580 * in progress, and no active connections. 6581 * 6582 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode. 6583 * 6584 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables 6585 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity. 6586 * 6587 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA 6588 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer 6589 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 6590 * 6591 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 6592 * handling in station mode. 6593 * 6594 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 6595 * handling in AP mode. 6596 * 6597 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or 6598 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent 6599 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01 6600 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to 6601 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection. 6602 * 6603 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP 6604 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised 6605 * in the RSNXE. 6606 * 6607 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 6608 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 6609 */ 6610 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 6611 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 6612 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 6613 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 6614 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 6615 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 6616 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 6617 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 6618 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 6619 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 6620 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 6621 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 6622 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 6623 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 6624 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 6625 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 6626 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 6627 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 6628 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 6629 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6630 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 6631 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 6632 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 6633 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 6634 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 6635 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 6636 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 6637 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 6638 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6639 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 6640 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6641 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 6642 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 6643 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 6644 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 6645 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 6646 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 6647 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 6648 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */ 6649 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 6650 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 6651 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 6652 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 6653 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 6654 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 6655 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 6656 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 6657 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 6658 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 6659 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 6660 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 6661 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 6662 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 6663 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 6664 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6665 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 6666 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6667 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 6668 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 6669 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 6670 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 6671 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 6672 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 6673 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 6674 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE, 6675 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT, 6676 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN, 6677 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA, 6678 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD, 6679 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6680 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT, 6681 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT, 6682 6683 /* add new features before the definition below */ 6684 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 6685 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 6686 }; 6687 6688 /** 6689 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 6690 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 6691 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 6692 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 6693 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 6694 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 6695 * to the host. 6696 * 6697 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 6698 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 6699 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 6700 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 6701 */ 6702 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 6703 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 6704 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 6705 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 6706 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 6707 }; 6708 6709 /** 6710 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 6711 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 6712 * handled by the AP is reached. 6713 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 6714 */ 6715 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 6716 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 6717 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 6718 }; 6719 6720 /** 6721 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 6722 * 6723 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6724 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6725 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6726 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6727 */ 6728 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6729 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6730 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6731 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6732 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6733 }; 6734 6735 /** 6736 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6737 * 6738 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6739 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6740 * requests. 6741 * 6742 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6743 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6744 * one of them can be used in the request. 6745 * 6746 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6747 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6748 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6749 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6750 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6751 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6752 * when really needed 6753 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6754 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6755 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6756 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6757 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6758 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6759 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6760 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6761 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6762 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6763 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6764 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6765 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6766 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6767 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6768 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6769 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6770 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6771 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6772 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6773 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6774 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6775 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6776 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6777 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6778 * impacted with this flag. 6779 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6780 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6781 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6782 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6783 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6784 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6785 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6786 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6787 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6788 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6789 * possible. 6790 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6791 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6792 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6793 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6794 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6795 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6796 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by 6797 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the 6798 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses 6799 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz 6800 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set, 6801 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of 6802 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that 6803 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag 6804 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be 6805 * scanned if the user space has asked for it. 6806 */ 6807 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 6808 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 6809 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 6810 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6811 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6812 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6813 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6814 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6815 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6816 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6817 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6818 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6819 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6820 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6821 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6822 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 6823 }; 6824 6825 /** 6826 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6827 * 6828 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6829 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6830 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6831 * 6832 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6833 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6834 * in ACL to authenticate. 6835 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6836 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6837 */ 6838 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6839 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6840 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6841 }; 6842 6843 /** 6844 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6845 * 6846 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6847 * 6848 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6849 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6850 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6851 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6852 * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal 6853 * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration 6854 */ 6855 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6856 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6857 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 6858 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 6859 6860 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 6861 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6862 }; 6863 6864 /** 6865 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6866 * 6867 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6868 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6869 * 6870 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6871 * now unusable. 6872 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6873 * the channel is now available. 6874 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6875 * change to the channel status. 6876 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6877 * over, channel becomes usable. 6878 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6879 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6880 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6881 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6882 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6883 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6884 */ 6885 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6886 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6887 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6888 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6889 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6890 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6891 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6892 }; 6893 6894 /** 6895 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6896 * 6897 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6898 * 6899 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6900 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6901 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6902 * is therefore marked as not available. 6903 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6904 */ 6905 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6906 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6907 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6908 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6909 }; 6910 6911 /** 6912 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6913 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6914 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6915 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6916 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6917 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6918 */ 6919 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6920 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6921 }; 6922 6923 /** 6924 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6925 * 6926 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6927 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6928 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6929 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6930 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6931 */ 6932 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6933 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6934 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6935 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6936 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6937 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6938 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6939 }; 6940 6941 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6942 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6943 6944 /** 6945 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6946 * 6947 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6948 * 6949 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6950 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6951 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6952 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6953 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6954 */ 6955 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6956 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6957 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6958 }; 6959 6960 /* 6961 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6962 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6963 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6964 */ 6965 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6966 6967 /** 6968 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6969 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6970 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6971 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6972 * added to this file when needed. 6973 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6974 */ 6975 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6976 __u32 vendor_id; 6977 __u32 subcmd; 6978 }; 6979 6980 /** 6981 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6982 * 6983 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6984 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6985 * 6986 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6987 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6988 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6989 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 6990 */ 6991 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6992 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6993 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6994 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6995 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 6996 }; 6997 6998 /** 6999 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 7000 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7001 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 7002 * seconds (u32). 7003 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 7004 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 7005 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 7006 * make the scan plan meaningless. 7007 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 7008 * currently defined 7009 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 7010 */ 7011 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 7012 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 7013 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 7014 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 7015 7016 /* keep last */ 7017 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 7018 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 7019 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 7020 }; 7021 7022 /** 7023 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 7024 * 7025 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 7026 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 7027 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 7028 */ 7029 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 7030 __u8 band; 7031 __s8 delta; 7032 } __attribute__((packed)); 7033 7034 /** 7035 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 7036 * 7037 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 7038 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 7039 * is requested. 7040 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 7041 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 7042 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 7043 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 7044 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 7045 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 7046 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 7047 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 7048 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 7049 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 7050 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 7051 * 7052 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 7053 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 7054 * which the driver shall use. 7055 */ 7056 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 7057 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 7058 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 7059 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 7060 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 7061 7062 /* keep last */ 7063 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 7064 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 7065 }; 7066 7067 /** 7068 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 7069 * 7070 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 7071 * 7072 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 7073 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 7074 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 7075 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use 7076 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use 7077 */ 7078 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 7079 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 7080 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 7081 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 7082 7083 /* keep last */ 7084 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 7085 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 7086 }; 7087 7088 /** 7089 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 7090 * 7091 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 7092 * 7093 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 7094 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 7095 */ 7096 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 7097 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 7098 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 7099 }; 7100 7101 /** 7102 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 7103 * 7104 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 7105 * 7106 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 7107 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 7108 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 7109 */ 7110 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 7111 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 7112 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 7113 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 7114 }; 7115 7116 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 7117 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 7118 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 7119 7120 /** 7121 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 7122 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 7123 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 7124 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 7125 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 7126 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 7127 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 7128 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 7129 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 7130 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 7131 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 7132 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 7133 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 7134 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 7135 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 7136 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 7137 * is follow up. This is a u8. 7138 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 7139 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 7140 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 7141 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 7142 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 7143 * This is a flag. 7144 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 7145 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 7146 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 7147 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 7148 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 7149 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 7150 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 7151 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7152 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 7153 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7154 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 7155 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 7156 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 7157 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 7158 * 7159 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 7160 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 7161 */ 7162 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 7163 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 7164 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 7165 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 7166 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 7167 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 7168 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 7169 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 7170 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 7171 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 7172 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 7173 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 7174 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 7175 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 7176 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 7177 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 7178 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 7179 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 7180 7181 /* keep last */ 7182 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 7183 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 7184 }; 7185 7186 /** 7187 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 7188 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 7189 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 7190 * This is a flag. 7191 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 7192 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 7193 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 7194 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 7195 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 7196 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 7197 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 7198 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 7199 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 7200 */ 7201 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 7202 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 7203 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 7204 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 7205 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 7206 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 7207 7208 /* keep last */ 7209 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 7210 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 7211 }; 7212 7213 /** 7214 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 7215 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 7216 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 7217 * match. This is a nested attribute. 7218 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7219 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 7220 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 7221 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7222 * 7223 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 7224 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 7225 */ 7226 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 7227 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 7228 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 7229 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 7230 7231 /* keep last */ 7232 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 7233 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 7234 }; 7235 7236 /** 7237 * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 7238 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 7239 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 7240 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 7241 */ 7242 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 7243 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 7244 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 7245 }; 7246 7247 /** 7248 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 7249 * responder attributes 7250 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7251 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 7252 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 7253 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 7254 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7255 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element 7256 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 7257 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7258 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7259 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 7260 */ 7261 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 7262 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7263 7264 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 7265 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7266 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7267 7268 /* keep last */ 7269 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7270 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7271 }; 7272 7273 /* 7274 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 7275 * 7276 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 7277 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 7278 * 7279 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7280 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 7281 * were ssfully answered (u32) 7282 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 7283 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 7284 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 7285 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 7286 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 7287 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 7288 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 7289 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 7290 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 7291 * phase with the responder (u32) 7292 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 7293 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 7294 * FTM slot (u32) 7295 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 7296 * scheduled window (u32) 7297 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 7298 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 7299 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 7300 */ 7301 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 7302 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 7303 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 7304 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 7305 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 7306 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 7307 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 7308 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 7309 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7310 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 7311 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7312 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 7313 7314 /* keep last */ 7315 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 7316 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 7317 }; 7318 7319 /** 7320 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 7321 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 7322 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 7323 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 7324 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 7325 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 7326 */ 7327 enum nl80211_preamble { 7328 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 7329 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 7330 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 7331 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 7332 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 7333 }; 7334 7335 /** 7336 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 7337 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 7338 * these numbers also for attributes 7339 * 7340 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 7341 * 7342 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 7343 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 7344 */ 7345 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 7346 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 7347 7348 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 7349 7350 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 7351 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 7352 }; 7353 7354 /** 7355 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 7356 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 7357 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 7358 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 7359 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 7360 * reason may be available in the response data 7361 */ 7362 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 7363 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 7364 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 7365 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 7366 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 7367 }; 7368 7369 /** 7370 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 7371 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7372 * 7373 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7374 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 7375 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 7376 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 7377 * (flag attribute) 7378 * 7379 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 7380 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7381 */ 7382 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 7383 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7384 7385 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 7386 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 7387 7388 /* keep last */ 7389 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 7390 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 7391 }; 7392 7393 /** 7394 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 7395 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7396 * 7397 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7398 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 7399 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 7400 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 7401 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 7402 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 7403 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 7404 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 7405 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 7406 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 7407 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 7408 * (u64, usec) 7409 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 7410 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 7411 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 7412 * result. 7413 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 7414 * 7415 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 7416 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7417 */ 7418 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 7419 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7420 7421 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 7422 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 7423 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 7424 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 7425 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 7426 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7427 7428 /* keep last */ 7429 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 7430 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 7431 }; 7432 7433 /** 7434 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 7435 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7436 * 7437 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 7438 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 7439 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 7440 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7441 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7442 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 7443 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7444 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7445 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 7446 * 7447 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 7448 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7449 */ 7450 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 7451 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 7452 7453 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 7454 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 7455 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 7456 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 7457 7458 /* keep last */ 7459 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 7460 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 7461 }; 7462 7463 /** 7464 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 7465 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7466 * 7467 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 7468 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 7469 * measurements can be done with in a single request 7470 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 7471 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 7472 * measurement results 7473 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 7474 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 7475 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 7476 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 7477 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 7478 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 7479 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 7480 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 7481 * sub-attributes taken from 7482 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 7483 * 7484 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 7485 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7486 */ 7487 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 7488 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 7489 7490 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 7491 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 7492 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 7493 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 7494 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 7495 7496 /* keep last */ 7497 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 7498 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 7499 }; 7500 7501 /** 7502 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 7503 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7504 * 7505 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 7506 * is supported 7507 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 7508 * mode is supported 7509 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 7510 * data can be requested during the measurement 7511 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 7512 * location data can be requested during the measurement 7513 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 7514 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 7515 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 7516 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 7517 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 7518 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 7519 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 7520 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 7521 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 7522 * is valid) 7523 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 7524 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 7525 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 7526 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 7527 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 7528 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported 7529 * 7530 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 7531 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7532 */ 7533 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 7534 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 7535 7536 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 7537 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 7538 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 7539 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 7540 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 7541 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 7542 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 7543 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7544 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7545 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7546 7547 /* keep last */ 7548 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 7549 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 7550 }; 7551 7552 /** 7553 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 7554 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7555 * 7556 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 7557 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 7558 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 7559 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 7560 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 7561 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7562 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 7563 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 7564 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 7565 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 7566 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7567 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 7568 * requested per burst 7569 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 7570 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 7571 * (u8, default 3) 7572 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 7573 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 7574 * (flag) 7575 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 7576 * measurement (flag). 7577 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 7578 * mutually exclusive. 7579 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7580 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7581 * ranging will be used. 7582 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based 7583 * ranging measurement (flag) 7584 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 7585 * mutually exclusive. 7586 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7587 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7588 * ranging will be used. 7589 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 7590 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 7591 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7592 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 7593 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 7594 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7595 * 7596 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 7597 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7598 */ 7599 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 7600 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7601 7602 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 7603 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 7604 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7605 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 7606 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7607 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7608 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 7609 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 7610 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 7611 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7612 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7613 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 7614 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 7615 7616 /* keep last */ 7617 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 7618 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 7619 }; 7620 7621 /** 7622 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 7623 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 7624 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 7625 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 7626 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 7627 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 7628 * try and get no response) 7629 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 7630 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 7631 * received 7632 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 7633 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 7634 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 7635 * by the peer and are no longer supported 7636 */ 7637 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 7638 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 7639 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 7640 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 7641 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 7642 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 7643 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 7644 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 7645 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 7646 }; 7647 7648 /** 7649 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 7650 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7651 * 7652 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 7653 * (u32, optional) 7654 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 7655 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 7656 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 7657 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 7658 * transmitted (u32, optional) 7659 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 7660 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional) 7661 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 7662 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 7663 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 7664 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7665 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 7666 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 7667 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 7668 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7669 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 7670 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7671 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 7672 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7673 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 7674 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 7675 * attributes) 7676 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 7677 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 7678 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 7679 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7680 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 7681 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7682 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 7683 * optional) 7684 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 7685 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7686 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 7687 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7688 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 7689 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 7690 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7691 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7692 * Type 8. 7693 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 7694 * (binary, optional); 7695 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7696 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7697 * Type 11. 7698 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 7699 * 7700 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 7701 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7702 */ 7703 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 7704 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7705 7706 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 7707 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 7708 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 7709 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 7710 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 7711 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7712 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7713 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7714 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 7715 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 7716 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 7717 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 7718 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 7719 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 7720 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 7721 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 7722 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 7723 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 7724 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7725 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7726 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7727 7728 /* keep last */ 7729 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 7730 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 7731 }; 7732 7733 /** 7734 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 7735 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7736 * 7737 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 7738 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 7739 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 7740 * tx power offset. 7741 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 7742 * values used by members of the SRG. 7743 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 7744 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 7745 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 7746 * 7747 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7748 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 7749 */ 7750 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 7751 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 7752 7753 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 7754 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 7755 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 7756 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 7757 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 7758 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 7759 7760 /* keep last */ 7761 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 7762 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7763 }; 7764 7765 /** 7766 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 7767 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7768 * 7769 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 7770 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 7771 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 7772 * 7773 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7774 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 7775 */ 7776 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 7777 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 7778 7779 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 7780 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 7781 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 7782 7783 /* keep last */ 7784 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 7785 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7786 }; 7787 7788 /** 7789 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 7790 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7791 * 7792 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 7793 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 7794 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 7795 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 7796 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 7797 * 7798 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7799 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 7800 */ 7801 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 7802 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 7803 7804 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 7805 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 7806 7807 /* keep last */ 7808 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 7809 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7810 }; 7811 7812 /** 7813 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 7814 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 7815 * 7816 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7817 * 7818 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 7819 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7820 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7821 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled. 7822 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 7823 * frame including the headers. 7824 * 7825 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7826 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7827 */ 7828 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 7829 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 7830 7831 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 7832 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 7833 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 7834 7835 /* keep last */ 7836 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 7837 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 7838 }; 7839 7840 /* 7841 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 7842 * mandatory fields. 7843 */ 7844 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 7845 7846 /** 7847 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 7848 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 7849 * 7850 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7851 * 7852 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7853 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 7854 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is 7855 * disabled. 7856 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 7857 * frame template (binary). 7858 * 7859 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7860 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7861 */ 7862 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 7863 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7864 7865 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 7866 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 7867 7868 /* keep last */ 7869 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7870 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 7871 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 7872 }; 7873 7874 /** 7875 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 7876 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 7877 * used. 7878 * 7879 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 7880 * attribute is not present from userspace. 7881 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 7882 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 7883 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 7884 * can be used. 7885 */ 7886 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 7887 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 7888 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 7889 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 7890 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 7891 }; 7892 7893 /** 7894 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 7895 * 7896 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 7897 * 7898 * @NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE: internal 7899 */ 7900 enum nl80211_sar_type { 7901 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 7902 7903 /* add new type here */ 7904 7905 /* Keep last */ 7906 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 7907 }; 7908 7909 /** 7910 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 7911 * 7912 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7913 * 7914 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 7915 * 7916 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 7917 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 7918 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 7919 * 7920 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 7921 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 7922 * 7923 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 7924 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 7925 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 7926 * 7927 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7928 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 7929 * 7930 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 7931 */ 7932 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 7933 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 7934 7935 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 7936 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 7937 7938 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 7939 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7940 }; 7941 7942 /** 7943 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 7944 * 7945 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID: Invalid 7946 * 7947 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 7948 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 7949 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 7950 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 7951 * 7952 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 7953 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 7954 * is applied to this range. 7955 * 7956 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 7957 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 7958 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 7959 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 7960 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 7961 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 7962 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 7963 * 7964 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 7965 * 7966 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 7967 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7968 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7969 * 7970 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 7971 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7972 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7973 * 7974 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 7975 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 7976 */ 7977 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 7978 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 7979 7980 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 7981 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 7982 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 7983 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 7984 7985 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 7986 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 7987 }; 7988 7989 /** 7990 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 7991 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 7992 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 7993 * MBSSID and EMA. 7994 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 7995 * features. 7996 * 7997 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7998 * 7999 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 8000 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 8001 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 8002 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 8003 * 8004 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 8005 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 8006 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 8007 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 8008 * a non-zero value. 8009 * 8010 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 8011 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 8012 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 8013 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 8014 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 8015 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 8016 * 8017 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 8018 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 8019 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 8020 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 8021 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 8022 * the interface index of the same. 8023 * 8024 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 8025 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 8026 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 8027 * 8028 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8029 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8030 */ 8031 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 8032 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 8033 8034 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 8035 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 8036 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 8037 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 8038 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 8039 8040 /* keep last */ 8041 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 8042 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8043 }; 8044 8045 /** 8046 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 8047 * 8048 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 8049 * authentication. 8050 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 8051 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 8052 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 8053 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 8054 * userspace. 8055 */ 8056 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 8057 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 8058 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 8059 }; 8060 8061 /** 8062 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs - wiphy radio attributes 8063 * 8064 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8065 * 8066 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX: Index of this radio (u32) 8067 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE: Frequency range supported by this 8068 * radio. Attribute may be present multiple times. 8069 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION: Supported interface 8070 * combination for this radio. Attribute may be present multiple times 8071 * and contains attributes defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 8072 * 8073 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8074 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 8075 */ 8076 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs { 8077 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID, 8078 8079 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX, 8080 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE, 8081 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION, 8082 8083 /* keep last */ 8084 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST, 8085 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8086 }; 8087 8088 /** 8089 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy radio frequency range 8090 * 8091 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8092 * 8093 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START: Frequency range start (u32). 8094 * The unit is kHz. 8095 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END: Frequency range end (u32). 8096 * The unit is kHz. 8097 * 8098 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8099 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 8100 */ 8101 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range { 8102 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID, 8103 8104 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START, 8105 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END, 8106 8107 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST, 8108 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8109 }; 8110 8111 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 8112